blob: 67a071fccac5f909a2193d39350757fd14235611 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000126
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
129
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000130
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
491 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
492
493 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
494 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
495 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
496 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
497 set these options unless they apply!
498
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000499- CPU timer options:
500 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
501
502 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
503 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
504 option must be set to 1000.
505
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000506- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000507 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
508
509 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
510 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
511 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
512 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
513 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
514 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
515 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000516 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100517 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000518 default environment.
519
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000520 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
521
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200522 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000523 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
524 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
525
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200527
528 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400529 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
530 concepts).
531
532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
533 * New libfdt-based support
534 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500535 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400536
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200537 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
538 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
539 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
540 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200541 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600542 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200543
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200544 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
545 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500546
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600547 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
548
549 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
550 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000551
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500552 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
553
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500555 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
556
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200557 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
558
559 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
560 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
561 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
562 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
563 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
564 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
565
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000566 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
567
568 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
569 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
570 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
571 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
572 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
573 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
574 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
575
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100576- vxWorks boot parameters:
577
578 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
579 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
580 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
581
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
585 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
586
587 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
588
589 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
590
591 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
592 the defaults discussed just above.
593
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000594- Cache Configuration:
595 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
597 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
598
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000599- Cache Configuration for ARM:
600 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
601 controller
602 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
603 controller register space
604
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000605- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200606 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000607
608 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
609
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200610 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000611
612 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
613
614 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
615
616 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
617 the clock speed of the UARTs.
618
619 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
620
621 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
622 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
623 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
624
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
626
627 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
628 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
629 this variable to initialize the extra register.
630
631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
632
633 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
634 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
635 variable to flush the UART at init time.
636
Javier Martinez Canillas141e0112013-01-07 01:35:20 +0000637 CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT
638
639 16550 UART set the Transmitter Empty (TEMT) Bit when all output
640 has finished and the transmitter is totally empty. U-Boot waits
641 for this bit to be set to initialize the serial console. On some
642 broken platforms this bit is not set in SPL making U-Boot to
643 hang while waiting for TEMT. Define this option to avoid it.
644
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000647 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
648 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
649 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
650 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000651
652 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
653 port routines must be defined elsewhere
654 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
655
656 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
657 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000658 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000659 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
660 (default big endian)
661 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
662 rectangle fill
663 (cf. smiLynxEM)
664 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
665 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
667 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
669 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
671 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000672 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
674 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
675 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
676 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
677 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_getc)
679 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
680 (requires blink timer
681 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200682 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
684 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500685 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000686 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
687 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
689 linux_logo.h for logo.
690 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200692 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 the logo
694
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000695 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
696 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
697 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
698
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000699 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
700 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
701 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000703 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
704 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
705 the "silent" environment variable. See
706 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000708- Console Baudrate:
709 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
710 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200711 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
712 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100714- Console Rx buffer length
715 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
716 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100717 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100718 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
719 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
720 the SMC.
721
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000722- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200723 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
724 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
725 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
726 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
727 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
728 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
729 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200730 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200731 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000732
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
734 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000735
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000736- Safe printf() functions
737 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
738 the printf() functions. These are defined in
739 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
740 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
741 If this option is not given then these functions will
742 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
743 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
746 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
747 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000748 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
749 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750
751 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
752 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
753 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
754 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
755 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
756 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
761 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
762 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
763
764- Autoboot Command:
765 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
766 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
767 define a command string that is automatically executed
768 when no character is read on the console interface
769 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
770
771 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000772 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
773 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
774 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000775
776 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000777 The value of these goes into the environment as
778 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
779 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200780 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
782- Pre-Boot Commands:
783 CONFIG_PREBOOT
784
785 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
786 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
787 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
788 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
789 entering interactive mode.
790
791 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
792 automatically generated or modified. For an example
793 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
794 modified when the user holds down a certain
795 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
796 booting the systems
797
798- Serial Download Echo Mode:
799 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
800 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
801 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
802 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
803 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
804 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
805 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
806
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
809 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200810 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
812- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500813 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
814 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000815 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
816 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 and augmenting with additional #define's
818 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
825 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
826 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
827 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
828 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
829 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
830 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
833 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
834 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600835 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
836 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
840 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
843 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600844 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600845 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000847 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
848 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000851 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
853 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
854 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
860 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
861 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
862 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
864 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000867 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
869 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
870 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
871 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
874 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
876 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400877 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
878 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000881 loop, loopw
882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
884 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
885 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100886 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
888 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600889 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
892 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
893 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
894 host
895 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
898 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
902 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
903 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
904 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
905 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700906 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100907 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400908 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200909 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000911 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000913 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
914 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919
920 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
921 support you can write:
922
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
924 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400926 Other Commands:
927 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000931 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
932 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
933 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
934 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
935 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
936 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937
938
939 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
940
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000941- Device tree:
942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
948
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
950 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000951
952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
957 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000958
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
963
964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
965
966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
968 still use the individual files if you need something more
969 exotic.
970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971- Watchdog:
972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
978 available, then no further board specific code should
979 be needed to use it.
980
981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000986- U-Boot Version:
987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
990 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
992 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994- Real-Time Clock:
995
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
998 following options:
999
1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1012 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1016
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001017- GPIO Support:
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1020
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1023 pins supported by a particular chip.
1024
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028- Timestamp Support:
1029
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001035- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1036 Zero or more of the following:
1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1043 disk/part_efi.c
1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001049
1050- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1052 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1055 be performed by calling the function
1056 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
1059- ATAPI Support:
1060 CONFIG_ATAPI
1061
1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1063
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001064- LBA48 Support
1065 CONFIG_LBA48
1066
1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1070 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1074 Default is 32bit.
1075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076- SCSI Support:
1077 At the moment only there is only support for the
1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1085 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001092 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1094
1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1099
1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1102 example with the "sspi" command.
1103
1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001107
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001114 write routine for first time initialisation.
1115
1116 CONFIG_TULIP
1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1120
1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1122 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1123
1124 CONFIG_NS8382X
1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1126
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001127- NETWORK Support (other):
1128
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1131
1132 CONFIG_RMII
1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1134
1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1137 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1138
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1141
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001142 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1144
1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1146 Define this to hold the physical address
1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1148
1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1151
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001152 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1154
1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161
1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1164 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1165
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1167 Support for davinci emac
1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1171
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1174
1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1183
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001184 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1186
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001188 Define this to hold the physical address
1189 of the device (I/O space)
1190
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1193
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1203 Define the number of ports to be used
1204
1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1206 Define the ETH PHY's address
1207
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1210
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001211- TPM Support:
1212 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1213 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1214 per system is supported at this time.
1215
1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1217 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1218 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1219 0xfed40000.
1220
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001221- USB Support:
1222 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001224 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1225 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001226 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227 storage devices.
1228 Note:
1229 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1230 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001231 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1232 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1233 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001234 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1235 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001236 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1237 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1238 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001239 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1240 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001242 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1243 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001244
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001245 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1246 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1247
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248- USB Device:
1249 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1250 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1251 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001252 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1254 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001256 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1257 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1258 a Linux host by
1259 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1260 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1261 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1262 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001263
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001264 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1265 Define this to build a UDC device
1266
1267 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1268 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1269 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001270
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301271 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1272 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1273 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1274 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1275 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1276 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1277 speed.
1278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001279 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001280 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1281 be set to usbtty.
1282
1283 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001284 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001286 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001288 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001289 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001290 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001291
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001292 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001293 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001294 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001295 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1296 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1297 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1298
1299 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1300 Define this string as the name of your company for
1301 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001302
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001303 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1304 Define this string as the name of your product
1305 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001306
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001307 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1308 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1309 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1310 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1311 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001312
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1314 Define this as the unique Product ID
1315 for your device
1316 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001317
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001318- ULPI Layer Support:
1319 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1320 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1321 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1322 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1323 viewport is supported.
1324 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1325 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001326 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1327 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1328 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001330- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001331 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1332 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1333 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001334 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001335 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1336 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001337
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001338 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1339 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1340
1341 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1342 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1343
1344 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1345 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1346
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001347- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1348 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1349 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1350
1351 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1352 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1353 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1354 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1355 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1356
1357 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1358 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1359
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001360 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1361 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1362
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001363 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1364 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1365 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1366 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1367 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1368 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1369
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001370- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1371 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1372 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1373 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001375 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1376 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001377 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001379 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001380 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1381 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1382
1383 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001384 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001385 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1386 have not defined a custom partition
1387
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001388- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1389 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001390
1391 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1392 file in FAT formatted partition.
1393
1394 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1395 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001396
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001397CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1398 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1399
1400 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1401 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1402 and cbfsload.
1403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404- Keyboard Support:
1405 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1406
1407 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1408 support
1409
1410 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1411 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1412 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1413 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1414 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1415
1416- Video support:
1417 CONFIG_VIDEO
1418
1419 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1420 video).
1421
1422 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1423
1424 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1425
1426 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001427 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001428 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1429 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1430 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001431
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001432 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001433 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001434 are possible:
1435 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001436 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001437
1438 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1439 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1440 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1441 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1442 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1443 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1444 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001445 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1446
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001447 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001448 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001449
1450
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001451 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001452 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001453 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1454 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1455
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001456 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001457 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001458 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1459 support, and should also define these other macros:
1460
1461 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1462 CONFIG_VIDEO
1463 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1464 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1465 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1466 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1467 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1468 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1469
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001470 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1471 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1472 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1473 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001474
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001475 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1476
1477 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1478 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1479 driver.
1480
1481
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001482- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001483 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001484
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001485 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1486 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1487 defined in your board-specific files.
1488 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001489
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001490- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1491
1492 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1493 display); also select one of the supported displays
1494 by defining one of these:
1495
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001496 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1497
1498 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1499
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001500 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001501
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001502 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001503
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001504 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1505
1506 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1507 Active, color, single scan.
1508
1509 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001510
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001511 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001512 Active, color, single scan.
1513
1514 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1515
1516 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1517 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1518
1519 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1520
1521 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1522 Active, color, single scan.
1523
1524 CONFIG_HLD1045
1525
1526 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1527 Active, color, single scan.
1528
1529 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1530
1531 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1532 or
1533 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1534 or
1535 Hitachi SP14Q002
1536
1537 320x240. Black & white.
1538
1539 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001540 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001541
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001542 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1543
1544 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1545 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1546 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1547 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1548 a per-section basis.
1549
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001550 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1551
1552 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1553 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1554 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1555 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001556
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001557 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1558
1559 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1560
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001561 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1562
1563 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1564 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1565
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001566- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001567
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001568 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1569 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1570 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001571 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001572 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1573 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1574 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1575 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001576
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001577 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1578
1579 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1580 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1581 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1582 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1583 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1584 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1585 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1586 there is no need to set this option.
1587
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001588 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1589
1590 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1591 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1592 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1593 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1594 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1595 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1596
1597 Example:
1598 setenv splashpos m,m
1599 => image at center of screen
1600
1601 setenv splashpos 30,20
1602 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1603
1604 setenv splashpos -10,m
1605 => vertically centered image
1606 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1607
Nikita Kiryanove0eba1f2013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001608 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1609
1610 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1611 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1612 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1613 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1614 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1615
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001616- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1617
1618 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1619 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1620 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1621
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001622- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1623
1624 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1625 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1626 bmp command.
1627
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001628- Do compresssing for memory range:
1629 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1630
1631 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1632 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1633
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001634- Compression support:
1635 CONFIG_BZIP2
1636
1637 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1638 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1639 compressed images are supported.
1640
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001641 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001642 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001643 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001644
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001645 CONFIG_LZMA
1646
1647 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1648 images is included.
1649
1650 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1651 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1652 formula:
1653
1654 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1655
1656 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1657 and Literal pos bits.
1658
1659 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1660 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1661 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1662 a very small buffer.
1663
1664 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1665 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001666 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001667
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001668- MII/PHY support:
1669 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1670
1671 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1672
1673 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1674
1675 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1676
1677 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1678
1679 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001680 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001681
1682 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1683
1684 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1685 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1686 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1687 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1688
1689 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1690
1691 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1692 command issued before MII status register can be read
1693
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001694- Ethernet address:
1695 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001696 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001697 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1698 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001699 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1700 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001701
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001702 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1703 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001704 is not determined automatically.
1705
1706- IP address:
1707 CONFIG_IPADDR
1708
1709 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001710 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001711 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001712 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001713
1714- Server IP address:
1715 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1716
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001717 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001718 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001719 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001720
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001721 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1722
1723 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1724 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1725
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001726- Gateway IP address:
1727 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1728
1729 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1730 default router where packets to other networks are
1731 sent to.
1732 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1733
1734- Subnet mask:
1735 CONFIG_NETMASK
1736
1737 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1738 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1739 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1740 forwarded through a router.
1741 (Environment variable "netmask")
1742
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001743- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1744 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1745
1746 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1747 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001748 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001749 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1750 multicast group.
1751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001752- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1753 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1754
1755 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1756 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1757 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1758 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1759 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1760 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1761 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1762 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001763 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764
1765 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1766 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1767 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1768 4th and following
1769 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1770
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001771- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001772 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1773 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001774
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001775 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1776 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1777 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1778 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1779 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1780 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1781 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1782 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1783 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1784 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1785 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1786 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001787 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001788
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001789 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1790 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001791
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001792 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1793 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1794 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1795 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1796 is not available.
1797
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001798 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1799 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1800 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1801 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1802 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1803 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1804 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001805 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001806
1807 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1808 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1809 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001810 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001811 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1812 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001813
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001814 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1815
1816 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1817 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1818 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1819 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1820 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1821 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1822 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1823 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1824 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1825 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1826 this delay.
1827
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001828 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1829 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1830 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1831 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1832 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1833
1834 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1835
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001836 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001837 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001838
1839 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1840
1841 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1842
1843 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1844 of the device.
1845
1846 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1847
1848 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1849 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001850 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001851
1852 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1853
1854 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1855 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1856
1857 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1858
1859 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1860
1861 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1862
1863 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1864
1865 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1866
1867 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1868
1869 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1870
1871 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1872 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1873
1874 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1875
1876 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1877
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001878- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1879
1880 Several configurations allow to display the current
1881 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1882 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1883 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1884 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1885 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1886 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1887 feature in U-Boot.
1888
1889- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1890
1891 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1892 on those systems that support this (optional)
1893 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1894
1895- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1896
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001897 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001898 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001899 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001900
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001901 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001902 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001903 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1904 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001905 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001906
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001907 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001908
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001909 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001910 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1911 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001913 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001914 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001916 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001917 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001918 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001919 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001920
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001921 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001922 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001923 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1924 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1925 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001926
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001927 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1928
1929 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1930 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1931 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1932 commands until the slave device responds.
1933
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001934 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001936 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1937 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1938 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001939
1940 I2C_INIT
1941
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001942 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001943 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001945 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947 I2C_PORT
1948
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001949 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1950 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1951 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001952
1953 I2C_ACTIVE
1954
1955 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1956 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1957 define can be null.
1958
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001959 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1960
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961 I2C_TRISTATE
1962
1963 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1964 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1965 define can be null.
1966
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001967 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969 I2C_READ
1970
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001971 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1972 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001973
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001974 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1975
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001976 I2C_SDA(bit)
1977
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001978 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1979 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001981 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001982 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001983 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001984
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001985 I2C_SCL(bit)
1986
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001987 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1988 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001989
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001990 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001991 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001992 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001994 I2C_DELAY
1995
1996 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1997 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001998 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001999 like:
2000
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002001 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002003 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2004
2005 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2006 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2007 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2008 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2009
2010 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2011 the generic GPIO functions.
2012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002013 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002014
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002015 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2016 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2017 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2018 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2019 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2020 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2021 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2022 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002023
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002024 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2025
2026 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2027 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2028 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2029 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2030 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2031 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2032 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2033 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2034
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002035 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2036
2037 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2038 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2039 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2040
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002041 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2042
2043 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002044 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2045 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002046 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002048 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002049
2050 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002051 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002052 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2053 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002054
2055 e.g.
2056 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002057 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002058
2059 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2060
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002061 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002062 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002063
2064 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002066 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002067
2068 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2069 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002071 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002072
2073 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2074 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002076 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002077
2078 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2079 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002081 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002082
2083 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2084 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2085 specified DTT device.
2086
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002087 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2088
2089 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002090 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002091
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002092 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2093
2094 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2095 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2096 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2097 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2098 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2099 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2100
2101 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2102 feature!
2103
2104 Example:
2105 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2106 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2107 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2108
2109 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2110
2111 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2112 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2113
2114 => i2c bus
2115 Busses reached over muxes:
2116 Bus ID: 2
2117 reached over Mux(es):
2118 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2119 Bus ID: 3
2120 reached over Mux(es):
2121 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2122 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2123 =>
2124
2125 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002126 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2127 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002128 the channel 4.
2129
2130 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002131 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002132 the 2 muxes.
2133
2134 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2135 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2136 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2137 to add this option to other architectures.
2138
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002139 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2140
2141 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2142 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2143 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2144 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2145 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2146 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2147 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002149- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2150
2151 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2152 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2153 D/As on the SACSng board)
2154
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002155 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2156
2157 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2158 only SH7757 is supported.
2159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160 CONFIG_SPI_X
2161
2162 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2163 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2164
2165 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2166
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002167 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2168 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2169 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2170 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2171 defined, the board configuration must define several
2172 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2173 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002174
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002175 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2176
2177 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2178 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2179 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002180 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002181 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2182
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002183 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2184
2185 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002186 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002187
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002188- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002189
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002190 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2191
2192 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2193
2194 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2195 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002196
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002197 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002198
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002199 Enables support for FPGA family.
2200 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2201
2202 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2203
2204 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002206 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002207
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002208 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002210 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002211
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002212 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2213 status by the configuration function. This option
2214 will require a board or device specific function to
2215 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002216
2217 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2218
2219 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2220 configuration driver.
2221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002222 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002225 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002226
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002227 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2228 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2229 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2230 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002232 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002233
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002234 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2235 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2236 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002237 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002239 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002241 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002242 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002246 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002247 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002248
2249- Configuration Management:
2250 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2251
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002252 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2253 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
2255- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2256
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002257 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2258 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002259 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002260 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2261 protects these variables from casual modification by
2262 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2263 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002264 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
2266 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2267 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002268 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269 these parameters.
2270
2271 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2272 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002273 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2275 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2276 read-only.]
2277
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002278 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2279 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2280 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2281 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2282
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283- Protected RAM:
2284 CONFIG_PRAM
2285
2286 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2287 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2288 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2289 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2290 this default value by defining an environment
2291 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2292 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2293 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2294 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2295 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2296 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2297 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2298
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002299 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300 saveenv
2301
2302 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2303 either, which results in a memory region that will
2304 not be affected by reboots.
2305
2306 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2307 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2308 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2309 following board configurations are known to be
2310 "pRAM-clean":
2311
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002312 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2313 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002314 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002316- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2317 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2318 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2319 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2320 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2321 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2322 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2323
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002324- Error Recovery:
2325 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2326
2327 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2328 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2329 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002330 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2332 useful during development since you can try to debug
2333 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2334
2335 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2336
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002337 This variable defines the number of retries for
2338 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2339 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2340 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002341
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002342 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2343
2344 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2345
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002346 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2347
2348 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2349 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2350 try longer timeout such as
2351 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2352
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002354 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002355
2356 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2357
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002358 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2359 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002360
2361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002362 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
2364 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2365 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2366 powerful command line syntax like
2367 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2368 constructs ("shell scripts").
2369
2370 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2371 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2372
2373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002374 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
2376 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2377 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2378 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2379
2380 Note:
2381
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002382 In the current implementation, the local variables
2383 space and global environment variables space are
2384 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2385 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2386 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2387 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2388 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002389
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002390 Global environment variables are those you use
2391 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2392 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2393 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
2395 To store commands and special characters in a
2396 variable, please use double quotation marks
2397 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2398 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2399 symbols.
2400
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002401- Commandline Editing and History:
2402 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2403
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002404 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002405 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002406
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002407- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002408 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2409
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002410 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2411 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002412 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002413
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002414 For example, place something like this in your
2415 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416
2417 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2418 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2419 "myvar2=value2\0"
2420
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002421 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2422 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2423 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2424 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002425 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426 You better know what you are doing here.
2427
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002428 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2429 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002430 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002431 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002432
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002433 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2434
2435 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2436 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2437 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2438
2439 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2440
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2446
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002447 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2448
2449 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2450 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2451 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2452
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002453 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2454
2455 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2456 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2457 that so that the environment is not available until
2458 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2459 this is instead controlled by the value of
2460 /config/load-environment.
2461
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002462- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002463 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2464
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002465 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2466 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2467 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002468
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002469- Serial Flash support
2470 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2471
2472 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2473 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2474
2475 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2476 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2477 commands.
2478
2479 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2480 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2481 flash is present on the system.
2482
2483 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2484 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2485 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2486 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2487
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002488 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2489
2490 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2491 test ('sf test').
2492
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002493- SystemACE Support:
2494 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2495
2496 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2497 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002498 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002499 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002500
2501 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002503
2504 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2505 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2506
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002507- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2508 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2509
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002510 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002511 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002512 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002513 number generator is used.
2514
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002515 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2516 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2517 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2518
2519 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002520 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2521 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2522 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2523 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2524 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2525 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2526
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002527- Hashing support:
2528 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2529
2530 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2531 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2532
2533 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2534
2535 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2536 size a little.
2537
2538 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2539 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2540
2541 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2542 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2543
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002544- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2546
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002547 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2548 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2549 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2550 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2551 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2552 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002554- Detailed boot stage timing
2555 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2556 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2557 of the boot process.
2558
2559 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2560 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2561 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2562 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2563 the limit, recording will stop.
2564
2565 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2566 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2567
2568 Timer summary in microseconds:
2569 Mark Elapsed Stage
2570 0 0 reset
2571 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2572 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2573 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2574 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2575 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2576 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2577 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2578
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002579 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2580 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2581 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2582
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002583 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2584 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2585 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2586 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2587 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2588 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2589 For example:
2590
2591 bootstage {
2592 154 {
2593 name = "board_init_f";
2594 mark = <3575678>;
2595 };
2596 170 {
2597 name = "lcd";
2598 accum = <33482>;
2599 };
2600 };
2601
2602 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2603
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002604Legacy uImage format:
2605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 Arg Where When
2607 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002608 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002610 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002611 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002612 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2614 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2615 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002616 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2618 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2619 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2620 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002621 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002622 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002623
2624 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2625 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2626 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2627 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2628 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2629 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2630 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002631 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002632 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2633 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2634
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002635 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002637 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002638 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2639 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002640
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002641 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2642 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2643 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2644 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2645 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2646 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2647 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2648 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2649 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2650 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2651 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2652 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2653 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2654 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2655 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2656 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2657 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2658 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2659 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2660 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2661 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2662 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2663 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2664 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2665 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2666 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2667 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2668 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2669 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2670 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2671 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2672 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2673 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2674 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2675 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2676 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2677 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2678 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2679 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2680 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2681 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2682 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2683 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2684 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2685 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2686 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2687 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002689 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002691 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002692 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2693 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002695 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2696 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002697 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002698 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2699 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2700 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002701 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2702 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002703 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002705FIT uImage format:
2706
2707 Arg Where When
2708 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2709 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2710 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2711 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2712 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2713 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002714 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002715 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2716 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2717 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2718 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2719 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002720 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2721 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002722 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2723 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2724 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2725 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2726 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2727 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2728 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2729 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2730
2731 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2732 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2733 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002734 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002735 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2736 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2737 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2738 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2739 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2740 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2741 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2742 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2743 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2744 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2745 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2746 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2747
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002748 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002749 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2750
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002751 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002752 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2753
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002754 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002755 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2756
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002757- FIT image support:
2758 CONFIG_FIT
2759 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2760
2761 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2762 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2763 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2764 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2765 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2766 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2767
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002768- Standalone program support:
2769 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2770
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002771 This option defines a board specific value for the
2772 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2773 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002774 settings.
2775
2776- Frame Buffer Address:
2777 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2778
2779 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002780 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2781 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2782 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2783 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2784 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2785 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2786 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002787
2788 Please see board_init_f function.
2789
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002790- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2791 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2792 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2793 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2794
2795 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2796 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2797
2798- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2799 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2800
2801 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2802 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2803
2804 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2805
2806 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2807 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2808
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002809- UBI support
2810 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2811
2812 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2813 with the UBI flash translation layer
2814
2815 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2816
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002817 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2818
2819 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2820 warnings and errors enabled.
2821
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002822- UBIFS support
2823 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2824
2825 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2826 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2827
2828 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2829
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002830 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2831
2832 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2833 warnings and errors enabled.
2834
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002835- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002836 CONFIG_SPL
2837 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002838
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002839 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2840 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2841
2842 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2843 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2844
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002845 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2846 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002847
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002848 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2849 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2850 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2851
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002852 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2853 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2854
2855 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2856 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2857
2858 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2859 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2860
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002861 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2862 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2863 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2864 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2865
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002866 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2867 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2868
2869 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2870 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002871
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002872 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2873 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2874 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2875 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2876
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002877 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2878 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2879 about the running system.
2880
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002881 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2882 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2883
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002884 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2885 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002886
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002887 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2888 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002889
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002890 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2891 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002892
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002893 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2894 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002895
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002896 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2897 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002898
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002899 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2900 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2901 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2902 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2903 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2904
2905 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2906 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2907
2908 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2909 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2910
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002911 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2912 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2913 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2914 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2915 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2916
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002917 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2918 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2919 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2920
2921 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2922 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2923
2924 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2925 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2926
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002927 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002928 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2929 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002930
2931 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2932 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2933 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2934 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2935 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2936 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002937 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002938
2939 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002940 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2941
2942 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2943 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2944
2945 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2946 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002947
2948 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002949 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002950
2951 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2952 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2953 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2954
2955 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2956 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2957 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2958
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002959 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2960 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002961
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002962 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2963 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002964
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002965 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2966 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002967
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002968 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2969 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2970
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002971 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2972 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002973
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002974 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2975 Linker address to which the SPL should be padded before
2976 appending the SPL payload.
2977
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002978 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2979 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2980 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2981 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2982
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983Modem Support:
2984--------------
2985
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002986[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002988- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2990
2991- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2992 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2993
2994- Modem debug support:
2995 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2996
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002997 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2998 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003000- Interrupt support (PPC):
3001
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003002 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3003 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003004 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003005 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003006 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003007 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003008 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003009 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3010 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3011 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013- General:
3014
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003015 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3016 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3017 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003018 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003019 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3020 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3021 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003022
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003023 If there are no modem init strings in the
3024 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3025 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003026 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003027
3028 See also: doc/README.Modem
3029
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003030Board initialization settings:
3031------------------------------
3032
3033During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3034to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3035before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3036following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3037architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3038typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3039
3040- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3041- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3042- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3043- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003044
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003045Configuration Settings:
3046-----------------------
3047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003048- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3050
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003051- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3052 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003054- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003055 prompt for user input.
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003057- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003059- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003061- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003063- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003064 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3065 booted
3066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003067- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003068 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003070- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003071 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003073- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003074 If the board specific function
3075 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3076 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003080 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3087 simple memory test.
3088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003089- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003090 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003092- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003093 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3094 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3097 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003098 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003099 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003100 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3101 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3102 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003103 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003104 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003105 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003106
3107 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3108 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3109 be touched.
3110
3111 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3112 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3113 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3114 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3115 problems.
3116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003117- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003120- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003124 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3125 Cogent motherboard)
3126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3129
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003130- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003131 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3132 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003133 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003134 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003136- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003137 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3138 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3139 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3140 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003146 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3147 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003148 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003149 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3153 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003154 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3155 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3156 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3157 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003158 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003159 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3160 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3161 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003163- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3164 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3165 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3166 is enabled.
3167
3168- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3169 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3170 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3171
3172- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3173 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3174 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003176- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003177 Max number of Flash memory banks
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003179- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003185- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003188- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003189 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003191- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003192 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003195 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3196 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199
3200 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3201 without this option such a download has to be
3202 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3203 copy from RAM to flash.
3204
3205 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3206 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003207 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3208 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003209 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003212 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003213 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003215- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003216 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3217 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003219- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3220 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3221 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3222 to the MTD layer.
3223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003224- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003225 Use buffered writes to flash.
3226
3227- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3228 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3229 write commands.
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003232 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3233 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3234 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3235 optionally available.
3236
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003237- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3238 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3239 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3240 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003243 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3244 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003245 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3246 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003247 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003248 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3249
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003250- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3251
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003252 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3253 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3254 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3255 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3256 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003257
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003258- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3259- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3260 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3261 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3262 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3263 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3264
3265 The format of the list is:
3266 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003267 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3268 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003269 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3270 list = entry[,list]
3271
3272 The type attributes are:
3273 s - String (default)
3274 d - Decimal
3275 x - Hexadecimal
3276 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3277 i - IP address
3278 m - MAC address
3279
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003280 The access attributes are:
3281 a - Any (default)
3282 r - Read-only
3283 o - Write-once
3284 c - Change-default
3285
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003286 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3287 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3288 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3289
3290 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3291 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3292 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3293 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3294 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3295 ".flags" variable.
3296
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003297- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3298 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3299 access flags.
3300
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003301- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3302 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3303 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3304 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3305 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3306 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3307 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3308 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3309 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3310
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003311- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3312 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3313 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3314 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3315 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3316
3317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003318The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3319of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3320following configurations:
3321
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003322- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3323
3324 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3325 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003327- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328
3329 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3330
3331 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3332 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3333 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3334 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3335 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3336 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3337 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3338 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3339 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3340 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3341 between U-Boot and the environment.
3342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003343 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003344
3345 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3346 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3347 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3348 for this sector is given here.
3349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003350 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003352 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003353
3354 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3355 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003356 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003358 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359
3360 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3361
3362
3363 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3364 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3365 the environment.
3366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003367 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003368
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003369 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003370 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3372 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3373
3374 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3375 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3376 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3377 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3378 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3379 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3380 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3381 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3382 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003384 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3385 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003387 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003388 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003389 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003390 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391
3392BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3393source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3394accordingly!
3395
3396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003397- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398
3399 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3400 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3401 environment.
3402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003403 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3404 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003406 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3408 can just be read and written to, without any special
3409 provision.
3410
3411BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3412in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003413console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414U-Boot will hang.
3415
3416Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3417environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3418keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3419to save the current settings.
3420
3421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003422- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003423
3424 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3425 device and a driver for it.
3426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003427 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3428 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003429
3430 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3431 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3435 The default address is zero.
3436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003437 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3439 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3440 would require six bits.
3441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003442 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003444 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003446 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3448 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3449
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003450 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003451 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3452 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3453 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3454 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3455 byte chips.
3456
3457 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3458 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3459 in the chip address.
3460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003461 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3463
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003464 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3465 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3466 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3467
3468 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3469 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3470 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3471 EEPROM. For example:
3472
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003473 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003474
3475 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3476 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003478- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003479
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003480 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003481 want to use for the environment.
3482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003483 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3484 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3485 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003486
3487 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3488 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3489 at the specified address.
3490
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003491- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3492
3493 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3494 want to use for the local device's environment.
3495
3496 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3497 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3498
3499 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3500 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3501 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003502 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003503
3504BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3505"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003506environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3507but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003509- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003510
3511 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3512 for the environment.
3513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003514 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3515 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003516
3517 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003518 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3519 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003520
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003521 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003523 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003524 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3525 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003526 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003527 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3528
3529 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3530
3531 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3532 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3533 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3534 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3535 the range to be avoided.
3536
3537 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003538
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003539 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3540 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3541 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3542 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3543 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003544
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003545- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3546
3547 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3548 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3549 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3550
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003551- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3552
3553 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3554 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3555 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3556
3557 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3558
3559 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3560
3561 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3562
3563 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3564 environment in.
3565
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003566 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3567
3568 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3569 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3570 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3571
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003572 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3573 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3574
3575 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3576 when storing the env in UBI.
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
3580 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3581 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3582 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3583 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3584 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3585 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3586 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3587
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003588Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003589has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003590created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003591until then to read environment variables.
3592
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003593The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3594is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3595with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3596necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3597"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3598have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599
3600Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3601the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003602use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003604- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003605 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003607 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003608 also needs to be defined.
3609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003610- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003611 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003613- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3614 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3615 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3616 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3617 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3618 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3619
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003620- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3621 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3622 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3623 to do this.
3624
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003625- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3626 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3627 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3628 present.
3629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003630Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003631---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003636- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003637 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003638
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003639 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3640 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3641 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003643- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3644 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3645 PowerPC SOCs.
3646
3647- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3648 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3649 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3650
3651 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3652 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3653
3654- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3655 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3656 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003657 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003658 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3659 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3660 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3661
3662 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3663 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3664
3665- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003666 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3667 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003668 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3669 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3670
3671- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3672 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3673 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3674 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3675
3676- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3677 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3678 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3679
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003680- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003681 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003682
3683 the default drive number (default value 0)
3684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003686
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003687 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003688 (default value 1)
3689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003690 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003691
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003692 defines the offset of register from address. It
3693 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003694 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003695
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003696 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3697 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003698 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003701 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3702 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3703 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3704 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003705
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003706- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3707 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3708 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3709 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3710 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3711 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3712 is requierd.
3713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003714- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003715 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003716 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003718- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003720 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3722 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3723 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3724 will become available only after programming the
3725 memory controller and running certain initialization
3726 sequences.
3727
3728 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3729 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3730 - MPC824X: data cache
3731 - PPC4xx: data cache
3732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003733- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
3735 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003736 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3737 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003738 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003739 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003740 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3741 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3742 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
3744 Note:
3745 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3746 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003747 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3749 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003751- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003753- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003755- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003757- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003759- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003761- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003763- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764 SDRAM timing
3765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003766- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767 periodic timer for refresh
3768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003769- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003771- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3772 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3773 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3774 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3776
3777- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003778 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3779 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3783 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3785 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003787- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3789 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003791- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003792 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3793 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003795- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3797 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003799- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3801 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3802 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003804- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003805 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3806 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3807 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3808 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003809
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003810- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3811 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3812 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3813 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3814 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3815 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3816 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3817 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003818 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003819
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003820- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3821 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3822 required.
3823
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003824- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3825 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3826 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3827 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3828 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3829 by coreboot or similar.
3830
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003831- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3832 Chip has SRIO or not
3833
3834- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3835 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3836
3837- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3838 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3839
3840- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3841 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3842
3843- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3844 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3845
3846- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3847 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3848
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003849- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3850 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3851 16 bit bus.
3852
3853- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3854 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3855 a default value will be used.
3856
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003857- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003858 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3859 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3860
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003861 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3862 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003865 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3866 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3867 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003868
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003869- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3870 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3871 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3872 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3873 header files or board specific files.
3874
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003875- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3876 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003879 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3880 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003881
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003882- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3883 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3884
3885- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3886 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003887 to the given FEC; i. e.
3888 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003889 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3890
3891 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3892
3893- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3894 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3895 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3896
3897- CONFIG_RMII
3898 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3899 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3900 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3901
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003902- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3903 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3904 The syntax is:
3905
3906 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3907
3908 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3909 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3910 area should have.
3911
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003912- CONFIG_LOOPW
3913 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003914 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003915
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003916- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3917 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3918 "md/mw" commands.
3919 Examples:
3920
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003921 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003922 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3923
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003924 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003925 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3926
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003927 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003928 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003929
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003930- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003931 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003932 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3933 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3934 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003935
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003936 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3937 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3938 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3939 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003940
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003941- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003942 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3943 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3944 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003945
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003946- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3947 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3948 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3949 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3950 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3951 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3952 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3953 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3954
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003955- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3956 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3957 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3958 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3959 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3960
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003961- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3962 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3963 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003964
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00003965- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
3966 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
3967
3968 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003969
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003970Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3971-----------------------------------
3972
3973The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3974loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3975This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3976are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3977within that device.
3978
3979- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3980 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3981 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3982 is also specified.
3983
3984- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3985 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3986 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3987 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3988 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3989
3990- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3991 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3992 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3993 virtual address in NOR flash.
3994
3995- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3996 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3997 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3998
3999- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4000 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4001 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4002
4003- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4004 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4005 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4006
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004007- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4008 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4009 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004010 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4011 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4012 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014Building the Software:
4015======================
4016
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004017Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4018and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4019all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4020(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4021recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4022which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004024If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4025have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4026you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4027Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4028necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004030 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4031 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004033Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4034 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4035 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4036 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4037
4038 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4039
4040 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4041 be executed on computers running Windows.
4042
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004043U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4044sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045is done by typing:
4046
4047 make NAME_config
4048
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004049where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004050rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4053 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4054 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4055 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004056 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058 make TQM823L_config
4059 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4062 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004067Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4068images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004069
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004070- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4071- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4072- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004074By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4075in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4076this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4077
40781. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4079
4080 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4081 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4082 make O=/tmp/build all
4083
40842. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4085
4086 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4087 make distclean
4088 make NAME_config
4089 make all
4090
4091Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4092variable.
4093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4096for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4097native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004098
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4101to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4102steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041041. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004105 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4106 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041072. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4108 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4109 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
41103. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4111 your board
41123. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4113 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
41144. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
41155. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4116 to be installed on your target system.
41176. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4118 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004121Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4122==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004124If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4125or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4127the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004128official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004130But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4131cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004132the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4133just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004134for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4135select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4136environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4137you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004139 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004145When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4146U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4147setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4148built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4149<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4150location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4151variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004152
4153 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4154 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4155 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4156
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004157With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4158log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4159during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004160
4161
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004162See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165Monitor Commands - Overview:
4166============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004168go - start application at address 'addr'
4169run - run commands in an environment variable
4170bootm - boot application image from memory
4171bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004172bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4174 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4175 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004176tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4178diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4179loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4180loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4181md - memory display
4182mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4183nm - memory modify (constant address)
4184mw - memory write (fill)
4185cp - memory copy
4186cmp - memory compare
4187crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004188i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189sspi - SPI utility commands
4190base - print or set address offset
4191printenv- print environment variables
4192setenv - set environment variables
4193saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4194protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4195erase - erase FLASH memory
4196flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004197nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004198bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4199iminfo - print header information for application image
4200coninfo - print console devices and informations
4201ide - IDE sub-system
4202loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004203loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004204mtest - simple RAM test
4205icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4206dcache - enable or disable data cache
4207reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4208echo - echo args to console
4209version - print monitor version
4210help - print online help
4211? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4215========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
4221
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004222Environment Variables:
4223======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4226can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004228Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4229"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4230without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4231environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4232working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4233environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004235Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4236
4237List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004249 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4250 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4251 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4252 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4253 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4254 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004255 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4256 bootm_mapsize.
4257
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004258 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004259 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4260 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4261 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4262 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4263 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4264 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004265
4266 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4267 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4268 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4269 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4270 environment variable.
4271
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004272 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4273 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4274 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4275
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4277 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4278 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4279 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4282 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4283 be automatically started (by internally calling
4284 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4287 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4288 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4289 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4290 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004292 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4293 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004294 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4295 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4296 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4297 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4298 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4299 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4300 access it during the boot procedure.
4301
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004302 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4303 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4304 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4305 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4306 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4307 must be accessible by the kernel.
4308
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004309 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4310 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4311 defined.
4312
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004313 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4314 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4315 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4316 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4317 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4318
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004319 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4320 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4321 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4322 is usually what you want since it allows for
4323 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4324 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004325 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4327 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4328 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4329 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4332 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4333 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4334 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4335 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4336 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004340 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4341 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4342 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4343 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4344 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4345 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4346 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004347
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4351 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004356
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004357 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004363 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004365 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4366 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004368 => setenv ethact FEC
4369 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4370 => setenv ethact SCC
4371 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004373 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4374 available network interfaces.
4375 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4376
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004377 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4379 When set to "once" the network operation will
4380 fail when all the available network interfaces
4381 are tried once without success.
4382 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4383 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004385 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004386
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004387 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004388 UDP source port.
4389
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004390 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4391 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4392
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004393 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4394 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4395
4396 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4397 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4398 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4399 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4400 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4401 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4402 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4403
4404 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004405 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004407
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004408The following image location variables contain the location of images
4409used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4410not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4411variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4412server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4413loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4414flash or offset in NAND flash.
4415
4416*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4417boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4418boards use these variables for other purposes.
4419
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004420Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4421----- --------- ----------- --------------
4422u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4423Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4424device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4425ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004426
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4428updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4429depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004431 bootfile - see above
4432 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4433 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4434 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4435 hostname - Target hostname
4436 ipaddr - see above
4437 netmask - Subnet Mask
4438 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4439 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004440
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4445 as type string and/or serial number
4446 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004448These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4449the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4450once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
4452
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004454
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004455 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4456 with the "version" command. This variable is
4457 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4461only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004462
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004463
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004464Callback functions for environment variables:
4465---------------------------------------------
4466
4467For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4468when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4469be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4470deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4471effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4472
4473The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4474U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4475
4476These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4477static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4478in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4479associations. The list must be in the following format:
4480
4481 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4482 list = entry[,list]
4483
4484If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4485Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4486
4487Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4488with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4489override any association in the static list. You can define
4490CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4491".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4492
4493
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494Command Line Parsing:
4495=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004496
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004497There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4498the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004500Old, simple command line parser:
4501--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4504- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004505- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4507 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004508 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4510 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512Hush shell:
4513-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004514
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4516 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4517 until...do...done, ...
4518- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4519 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4520 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4521 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004522
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523General rules:
4524--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004525
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4527 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4528 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4529 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004530
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004531(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004532 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4534 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4537=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004538
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004539Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4541"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004542
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4544MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4545"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004546
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4548in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4549ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4550variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004551
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4553 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004555o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4556 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4557 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004559o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4560 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004561
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4563 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4564 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4567 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004569If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004570will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004571may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4572The naming convention is as follows:
4573"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575Image Formats:
4576==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004578U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4579images in two formats:
4580
4581New uImage format (FIT)
4582-----------------------
4583
4584Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4585to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4586components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4587SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4588
4589
4590Old uImage format
4591-----------------
4592
4593Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4594preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4595details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4598 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004599 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4600 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4601 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004602* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004603 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4604 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4606* Load Address
4607* Entry Point
4608* Image Name
4609* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4612and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4613CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616Linux Support:
4617==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4620easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4621U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4624special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4625"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4626instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4627serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4630 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4631 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4634 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4637 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4638 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4639 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4640 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4641 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644Linux HOWTO:
4645============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4648---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4651configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4652(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4653Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004655But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4658include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004659Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4660and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004661as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004662
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664Configuring the Linux kernel:
4665-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4668device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671Building a Linux Image:
4672-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4675not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4676"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4677U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4678which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4679100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683 make TQM850L_config
4684 make oldconfig
4685 make dep
4686 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4689encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4690CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4697 -R .note -R .comment \
4698 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004699
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004701
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004703
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4707 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4708 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4712with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4713combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4714byte header containing information about target architecture,
4715operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4716stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4719print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004720
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4722contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4723checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004724
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725 tools/mkimage -l image
4726 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004727
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4729from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004730
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4732 -n name -d data_file image
4733 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4734 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4735 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4736 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4737 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4738 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4739 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4740 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004741
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004742Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4743address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4744kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4747- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004751 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4752 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004753 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4755 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4756 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4757 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4758 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4759 Load Address: 0x00000000
4760 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4765 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4766 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4767 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4768 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4769 Load Address: 0x00000000
4770 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4773speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4774needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4775need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004777 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4779 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004780 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4782 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4783 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4784 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4785 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4786 Load Address: 0x00000000
4787 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4791when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4794 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4795 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4796 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4797 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4798 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4799 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4800 Load Address: 0x00000000
4801 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804Installing a Linux Image:
4805-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4808you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4813image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4814address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4815specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4816command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4819TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823 .......... done
4824 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826 => loads 40100000
4827 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4828 ~>examples/image.srec
4829 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4830 ...
4831 15989 15990 15991 15992
4832 [file transfer complete]
4833 [connected]
4834 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004838this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4844 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4845 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4846 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4847 Load Address: 00000000
4848 Entry Point: 0000000c
4849 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
4851
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852Boot Linux:
4853-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4856memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4857of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4858parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4859"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 => printenv bootargs
4863 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 => printenv bootargs
4868 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 => bootm 40020000
4871 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4872 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4873 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4874 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4875 Load Address: 00000000
4876 Entry Point: 0000000c
4877 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4878 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4879 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4880 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4881 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4882 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4883 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4884 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004886If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4888format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4893 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4894 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4895 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4896 Load Address: 00000000
4897 Entry Point: 0000000c
4898 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4901 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4902 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4903 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4904 Load Address: 00000000
4905 Entry Point: 00000000
4906 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4909 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4910 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4911 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4912 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4913 Load Address: 00000000
4914 Entry Point: 0000000c
4915 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4916 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4917 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4918 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4919 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4920 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4921 Load Address: 00000000
4922 Entry Point: 00000000
4923 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4924 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4925 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4926 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4927 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4928 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4929 ...
4930 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4931 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004935Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4936-----------
4937
4938First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4939titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4940following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4941flat device tree:
4942
4943=> print oftaddr
4944oftaddr=0x300000
4945=> print oft
4946oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4947=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4948Speed: 1000, full duplex
4949Using TSEC0 device
4950TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4951Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4952Load address: 0x300000
4953Loading: #
4954done
4955Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4956=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4957Speed: 1000, full duplex
4958Using TSEC0 device
4959TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4960Filename 'uImage'.
4961Load address: 0x200000
4962Loading:############
4963done
4964Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4965=> print loadaddr
4966loadaddr=200000
4967=> print oftaddr
4968oftaddr=0x300000
4969=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4970## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004971 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4972 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4973 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004974 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004975 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004976 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4977 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4978Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4979Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4980Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4981[snip]
4982
4983
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984More About U-Boot Image Types:
4985------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4990 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4991 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4992 the Standalone Program.
4993 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4994 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4995 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4996 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4997 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4998 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4999 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5000 being started.
5001 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5002 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5003 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5004 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5005 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5006 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5009 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5010 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5011 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5012 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5013 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5016 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5017 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005018
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5020 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5021 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5022 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005023
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005024Booting the Linux zImage:
5025-------------------------
5026
5027On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5028using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5029as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5030
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005031Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
5032kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5033address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5034format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5035
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037Standalone HOWTO:
5038=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5041run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5042U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005043
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005045
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046"Hello World" Demo:
5047-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5050application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5051It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5052like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054 => loads
5055 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5056 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5057 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5058 [file transfer complete]
5059 [connected]
5060 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5063 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5064 Hello World
5065 argc = 7
5066 argv[0] = "40004"
5067 argv[1] = "Hello"
5068 argv[2] = "World!"
5069 argv[3] = "This"
5070 argv[4] = "is"
5071 argv[5] = "a"
5072 argv[6] = "test."
5073 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5074 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5079handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5080Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5081The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5082character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5083controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005084
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5086 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5087 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5088 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090 => loads
5091 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5092 ~>examples/timer.srec
5093 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5094 [file transfer complete]
5095 [connected]
5096 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098 => go 40004
5099 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5100 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5101 Using timer 1
5102 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104Hit 'b':
5105 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5106 Enabling timer
5107Hit '?':
5108 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5109 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5110Hit '?':
5111 [q, b, e, ?] .
5112 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5113Hit '?':
5114 [q, b, e, ?] .
5115 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5116Hit '?':
5117 [q, b, e, ?] .
5118 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5119Hit 'e':
5120 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5121Hit 'q':
5122 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125Minicom warning:
5126================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5129"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5130consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5131Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5132especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005133use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5134http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5135for help with kermit.
5136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5139configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5142 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5143 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005144
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005145
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146NetBSD Notes:
5147=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5150(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005151
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5153NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5154need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5155Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5156attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5157missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5160 # mkdir powerpc
5161 # ln -s powerpc machine
5162 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5163 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005164
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5166and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5169stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5170proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5171tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005172meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175Implementation Internals:
5176=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5179implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5180inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5181hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184Initial Stack, Global Data:
5185---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5188starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5189system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5190This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5191is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5192at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5193options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5194models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5195MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5196locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005198 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005199 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5202 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5203 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5204 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5207 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5208 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5209 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5210 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005211 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5213 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5216 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005217 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5219 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5220 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5221 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005223 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5225 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005226 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5228 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5229 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5230 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5231 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005232
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 -Chris Hallinan
5234 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005235
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5237code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5240 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005241
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005242* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5244 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005245
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5247 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5250normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5251turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5252simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5253functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5254functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5255the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5256place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5257reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5260relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5261GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5264 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005265 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5267 R5-R10: parameter passing
5268 R13: small data area pointer
5269 R30: GOT pointer
5270 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005272 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5273 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5274 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005276 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5279 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5280 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5281 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5282 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5283 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005285On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005286 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5287
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005288 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 R0: function argument word/integer result
5293 R1-R3: function argument word
5294 R9: GOT pointer
5295 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5296 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5297 R12: temporary workspace
5298 R13: stack pointer
5299 R14: link register
5300 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005304On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5305 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5306
5307 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5308
5309 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5310 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5311
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005312On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5313
5314 R0-R1: argument/return
5315 R2-R5: argument
5316 R15: temporary register for assembler
5317 R16: trampoline register
5318 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5319 R29: global pointer (GP)
5320 R30: link register (LP)
5321 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5322 PC: program counter (PC)
5323
5324 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5325
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005326NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5327or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329Memory Management:
5330------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5333MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5336controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5337memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5338physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5341TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5342booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5343to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005344memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5346Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5349of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5352this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5355 :
5356 0x0000 1FFF
5357 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5358 :
5359 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361 :
5362 :
5363 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5364 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5365 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5366 :
5367 0x00FD FFFF
5368 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5369 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5370 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5371 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374System Initialization:
5375----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005378(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5380To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5381To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5382initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5383which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5384part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5385the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5388preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5389(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5390on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5391programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5392simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5393banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5396different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5397bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
53980x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5399contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5402and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5403Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5404pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5407until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5408running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5409new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412U-Boot Porting Guide:
5413----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5416list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005419int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420{
5421 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005423 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5424 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005427 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 return 0;
5429 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005432
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005433 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005434
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005435 if (clueless)
5436 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438 while (learning) {
5439 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005440 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5441 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005443 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005446 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5447 Buy a BDI3000;
5448 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005451 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5452 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5453 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5454 } else {
5455 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5456 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5457 }
5458 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5459 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005461 while (!accepted) {
5462 while (!running) {
5463 do {
5464 Add / modify source code;
5465 } until (compiles);
5466 Debug;
5467 if (clueless)
5468 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5469 }
5470 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5471 if (reasonable critiques)
5472 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5473 else
5474 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005475 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477 return 0;
5478}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480void no_more_time (int sig)
5481{
5482 hire_a_guru();
5483}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486Coding Standards:
5487-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005488
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005489All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005490coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005491"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005492
5493Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5494MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5495reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5496sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005498Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5499Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5500in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005501
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5503- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005504- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005506- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5510with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513Submitting Patches:
5514-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5517establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5518may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005520Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005521
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005522Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5523see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5524
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5526it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5529 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5530 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5533 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005535* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005536
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005537* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005540 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5543 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005545* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5546 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005547 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005548 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5549 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005550
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005551 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5552 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5553 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005554
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005555 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5556 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5557 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5558 affected files).
5559
5560 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5561 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005562
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5564 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005565
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5567 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005568
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005571
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5573 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5574 for any of the boards.
5575
5576* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5577 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5578 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5581 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5582 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5583 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5584 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5585 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005586
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005587* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5588 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5589 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5590 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.